1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes (at) sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice (at) sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca (at) cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m (at) bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez (at) atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen (at) atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin (at) cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 /** 56 * DOC: Station handling 57 * 58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 62 * to. 63 * 64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 65 * capabilities. 66 * 67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 73 * time mark it authorized. 74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 77 * 78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 79 */ 80 81 /** 82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 83 * 84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 88 * for various reasons. 89 * 90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 96 * for doing that. 97 * 98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 100 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 101 * 102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 108 * 109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 112 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 113 * 114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 115 * below. 116 */ 117 118 /** 119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 120 * 121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 125 * 126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 128 * types there no concurrency is implied. 129 * 130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 137 * 138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 146 * 147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 148 * interfaces that a given device supports. 149 */ 150 151 /** 152 * DOC: packet coalesce support 153 * 154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 157 * and power consumption. 158 * 159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 162 * following events occur. 163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 167 * 168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 169 * rule. 170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 173 * Multiple such rules can be created. 174 */ 175 176 /** 177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 178 * 179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 186 * 187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 193 * 194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 197 */ 198 199 /** 200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 201 * 202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 217 * 218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 220 * up a connection or after roaming. 221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 227 * 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 235 */ 236 237 /** 238 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 239 * 240 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 241 * 242 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 243 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 245 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 247 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 248 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 249 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 250 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 251 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 252 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 254 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 257 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 258 * 259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 260 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 261 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 265 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 267 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 268 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 269 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 271 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 272 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 273 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 274 * 275 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 276 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 278 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 279 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 280 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 281 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 282 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 283 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 284 * 285 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 287 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 288 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 289 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 290 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 291 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 292 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 293 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 294 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 295 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 297 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 300 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 301 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 302 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 303 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 304 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 305 * 306 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 309 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 310 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 311 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 313 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 314 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 315 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 316 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 317 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 318 * frame). 319 * 320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 324 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 325 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 326 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 327 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 328 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 329 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 330 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 331 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 333 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 334 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 335 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 337 * 338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 339 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 340 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 341 * global regdomain will be returned. 342 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 343 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 344 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 345 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 346 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 347 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 348 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 349 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 350 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 351 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 352 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 353 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 354 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 355 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 356 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 361 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 362 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 363 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 364 * 365 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 367 * 368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 369 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 370 * 371 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 372 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 373 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 374 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 376 * added to all specified management frames generated by 377 * kernel/firmware/driver. 378 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 379 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 380 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 381 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 382 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 383 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 384 * 385 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 386 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 387 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 388 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 389 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 390 * be used. 391 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 392 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 393 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 394 * partial scan results may be available 395 * 396 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 397 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 398 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 399 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 400 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 401 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 402 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 403 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 404 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 405 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 406 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 407 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 408 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 409 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 410 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 411 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 412 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 413 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 414 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 415 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 416 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 417 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 419 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 420 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 421 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 422 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 423 * results available. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 425 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 426 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 427 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 428 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 429 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 430 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 431 * 432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 433 * or noise level 434 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 435 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 436 * 437 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 438 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 439 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 440 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 441 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 442 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 443 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 444 * ESS. 445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 446 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 447 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 448 * authentication. 449 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 450 * 451 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 452 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 453 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 454 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 455 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 456 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 457 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 458 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 459 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 460 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 461 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 462 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 463 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 464 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 465 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 466 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 467 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 468 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 469 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 470 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 471 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 472 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 473 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 474 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 475 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 476 * the beacon hint was processed. 477 * 478 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 479 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 480 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 481 * authentication process. 482 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 483 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 484 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 485 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 486 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 487 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 488 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 489 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 490 * to be added to the frame. 491 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 492 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 493 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 494 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 495 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 496 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 497 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 498 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 499 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 501 * pending authentication timed out). 502 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 503 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 504 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 505 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 506 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 507 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 508 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 509 * included). 510 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 511 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 512 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 513 * primitives). 514 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 515 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 516 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 517 * 518 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 519 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 520 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 521 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 522 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 523 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 524 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 525 * 526 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 527 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 528 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 529 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 530 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 531 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 532 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 533 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 534 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 535 * determined by the network interface. 536 * 537 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 538 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 539 * to the driver. 540 * 541 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 542 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 543 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 544 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 545 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 546 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 547 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 548 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 549 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 550 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 551 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 552 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 553 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 554 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 555 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 556 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 557 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 558 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 559 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 561 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 562 * a different BSS is desired. 563 * Background scan period can optionally be 564 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 565 * if not specified default background scan configuration 566 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 567 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 568 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 569 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 570 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 571 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 572 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 573 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 574 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 575 * well to remain backwards compatible. 576 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 577 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 578 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 579 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 580 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 581 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 582 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 583 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 584 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 585 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 586 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 587 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 588 * 589 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 590 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 591 * 592 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 593 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 594 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 595 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 596 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 597 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 598 * frequency for the operation. 599 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 600 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 601 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 602 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 603 * radio). 604 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 605 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 606 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 607 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 608 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 609 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 610 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 611 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 612 * uniquely identify the request. 613 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 614 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 615 * 616 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 617 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 618 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 619 * 620 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 621 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 622 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 623 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 624 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 625 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 626 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 627 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 628 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 630 * backward compatibility 631 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 632 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 633 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 634 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 635 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 636 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 637 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 638 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 639 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 640 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 641 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 642 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 643 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 645 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 647 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 648 * is used during CSA period. 649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 650 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 651 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. 652 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 653 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 654 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 655 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 656 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 657 * the frame. 658 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 659 * backward compatibility. 660 * 661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 662 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 663 * 664 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 665 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 666 * levels. 667 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 668 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 669 * reached. 670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 671 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 672 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 673 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 674 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 675 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 676 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 677 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 678 * precedence when they are used. 679 * 680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 681 * 682 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 683 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 684 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 685 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 686 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 687 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 688 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 689 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 690 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 691 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 692 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 693 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 694 * command, the feature is disabled. 695 * 696 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 697 * mesh config parameters may be given. 698 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 699 * network is determined by the network interface. 700 * 701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 703 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 704 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 705 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 706 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 707 * 708 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 709 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 710 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 711 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 712 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 714 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 715 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 716 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 717 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 718 * depending on the authentication result. 719 * 720 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 721 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 722 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 723 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 724 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 725 * more background information, see 726 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 727 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 728 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 729 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 730 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 731 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 732 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 733 * 734 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 735 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 736 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 737 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 738 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 739 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 740 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 741 * 742 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 743 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 746 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 747 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 748 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 749 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 750 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 751 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 752 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 753 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 754 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 755 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 756 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 757 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 758 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 759 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 760 * 761 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 762 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 763 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 764 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 765 * is received. 766 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 767 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 768 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 769 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 770 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 771 * 772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 773 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 774 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 775 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 776 * 777 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 778 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 779 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 780 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 781 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 782 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 783 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 784 * 785 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 786 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 787 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 788 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 789 * 790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 791 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 792 * 793 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 794 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 795 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 796 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 797 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 798 * from the remote AP) is completed; 799 * 800 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 801 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 802 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 803 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 805 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 806 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 807 * interfaces to change channel as well. 808 * 809 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 810 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 811 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 812 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 813 * public action frame TX. 814 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 815 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 816 * 817 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 818 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 819 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 820 * is used for this. 821 * 822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 823 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 824 * 825 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 826 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 827 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 828 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 829 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 830 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 831 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 832 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 833 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 834 * 835 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 836 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 837 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 838 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 839 * while operating on this channel. 840 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 841 * event. 842 * 843 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 844 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 845 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 846 * 847 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 848 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 849 * 850 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 851 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 852 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 853 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 856 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 857 * complete. 858 * 859 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 860 * return back to normal. 861 * 862 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 863 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 866 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 867 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 868 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 869 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 870 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 871 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 872 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 873 * switch is complete. 874 * 875 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 876 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 877 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 878 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 879 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 880 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 881 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 882 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 883 * 884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 885 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 886 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 887 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 888 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 892 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 893 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 894 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 895 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 896 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 897 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 898 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 899 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 900 * fail even if the check was successful. 901 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 902 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 903 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 904 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 907 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 908 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 911 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 912 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 913 * network is determined by the network interface. 914 * 915 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 916 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 917 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 918 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 919 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 920 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 921 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 922 * AP. 923 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 924 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 925 * when this command completes. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 928 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 929 * management. 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 932 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 933 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 936 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 937 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 938 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 939 * cluster. This command must have a valid 940 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 941 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 942 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 943 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 944 * added. 945 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 946 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 947 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 948 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 949 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 950 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 951 * of the function upon success. 952 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 953 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 954 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 955 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 956 * which just terminated. 957 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 958 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 959 * the response to this command. 960 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 961 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 962 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 963 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 964 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 965 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 966 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 967 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 968 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 969 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 970 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 971 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 972 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 973 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 974 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 975 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 976 * 977 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 978 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 979 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 980 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 981 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 982 * 983 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 984 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 985 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 986 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 987 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 988 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 989 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 990 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 991 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 992 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 993 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 994 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 995 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 996 * 997 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 998 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 999 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1000 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1001 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1002 * 802.11 headers. 1003 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1004 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1005 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1006 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1007 * 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1009 * 1010 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1011 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1012 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1013 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1014 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1015 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1016 * 1017 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1018 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1019 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1020 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1021 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1022 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1023 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1025 * command interface. 1026 * 1027 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1028 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1029 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1030 * 1031 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1032 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1033 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1034 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1035 * 1036 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1037 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1038 * 1039 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1040 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1041 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1042 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1043 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1044 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1045 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in 1046 * the netlink extended ack message. 1047 * 1048 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1049 * 1050 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1051 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1052 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1053 * buffer size. 1054 * 1055 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1056 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1058 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1059 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1060 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1061 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1062 * 1063 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1064 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1065 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1066 * determining the width and type. 1067 * 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1069 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1070 */ 1071 enum nl80211_commands { 1072 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1073 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1074 1075 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1076 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1077 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1078 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1079 1080 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1081 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1082 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1083 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1084 1085 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1086 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1087 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1088 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1089 1090 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1091 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1092 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1093 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1094 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1095 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1096 1097 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1098 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1099 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1100 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1101 1102 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1103 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1104 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1105 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1106 1107 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1108 1109 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1110 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1111 1112 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1113 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1114 1115 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1116 1117 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1118 1119 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1120 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1121 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1122 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1123 1124 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1125 1126 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1127 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1128 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1129 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1130 1131 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1132 1133 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1134 1135 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1136 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1137 1138 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1139 1140 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1141 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1142 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1143 1144 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1145 1146 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1147 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1148 1149 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1150 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1151 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1152 1153 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1154 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1155 1156 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1157 1158 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1159 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1160 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1161 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1162 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1163 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1164 1165 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1166 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1167 1168 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1169 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1170 1171 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1172 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1173 1174 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1175 1176 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1177 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1178 1179 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1180 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1181 1182 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1183 1184 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1186 1187 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1188 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1189 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1190 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1191 1192 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1193 1194 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1195 1196 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1197 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1198 1199 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1200 1201 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1202 1203 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1204 1205 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1206 1207 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1208 1209 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1210 1211 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1212 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1213 1214 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1215 1216 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1217 1218 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1219 1220 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1221 1222 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1223 1224 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1225 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1226 1227 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1228 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1229 1230 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1231 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1232 1233 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1234 1235 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1236 1237 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1238 1239 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1240 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1241 1242 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1243 1244 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1245 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1248 1249 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1250 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1253 1254 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1255 1256 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1257 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1258 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1259 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1260 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1261 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1262 1263 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1264 1265 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1266 1267 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1268 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1269 1270 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1271 1272 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1273 1274 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1275 1276 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1277 1278 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1279 1280 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1281 1282 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1283 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1284 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1285 1286 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1287 1288 /* add new commands above here */ 1289 1290 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1291 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1292 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1293 }; 1294 1295 /* 1296 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1297 * here 1298 */ 1299 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1300 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1301 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1302 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1303 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1304 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1305 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1306 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1307 1308 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1309 1310 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1311 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1312 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1313 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1314 1315 /** 1316 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1317 * 1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1319 * 1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1321 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1322 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1325 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1326 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1327 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1328 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1330 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1331 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1332 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1333 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1335 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1337 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1338 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1339 * this attribute) 1340 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1341 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1342 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1343 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1345 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1346 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1348 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1349 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1350 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1351 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1352 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1354 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1355 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1357 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1358 * 1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1361 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1362 * 1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1364 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1365 * 1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1367 * 1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1369 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1370 * keys 1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1373 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1375 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1378 * default management key 1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1380 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1381 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1382 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1383 * 1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1388 * 1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1391 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1393 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1395 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1396 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1397 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1398 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1400 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1401 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1402 * 1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1404 * consisting of a nested array. 1405 * 1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1408 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1411 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1412 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1413 * 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1415 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1416 * 1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1418 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1419 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1420 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1421 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1422 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1423 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1424 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1425 * to a specific alpha2. 1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1427 * rules. 1428 * 1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1431 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1433 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1435 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1436 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1437 * 1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1439 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1440 * 1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1442 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1443 * of the interface mode. 1444 * 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1446 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1447 * 1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1449 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1450 * 1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1452 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1454 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1456 * that can be added to a scan request 1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1458 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1460 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1461 * 1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1464 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1466 * 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1468 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1470 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1471 * 1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1473 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1474 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1475 * 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1477 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1478 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1481 * represented as a u32 1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1483 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1484 * 1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1486 * a u32 1487 * 1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1489 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1490 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1491 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1492 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1494 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1495 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1496 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1497 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1498 * 1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1500 * cipher suites 1501 * 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1503 * for other networks on different channels 1504 * 1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1506 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1507 * 1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1509 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1510 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1511 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1512 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1513 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1514 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1515 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1516 * 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1518 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1519 * 1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1521 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1522 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1523 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1524 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1525 * default in station mode. 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1527 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1528 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1529 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1530 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1531 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1533 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1534 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1536 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1537 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1538 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1539 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1540 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1541 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1542 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1543 * flag. 1544 * 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1546 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1547 * 1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1549 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1550 * a local disconnect request. 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1552 * event (u16) 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1554 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1555 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1556 * 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1558 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1559 * (an array of u32). 1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1561 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1562 * u32). 1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1564 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1565 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1567 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1568 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1569 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1570 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1571 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1572 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1573 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1574 * 1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1576 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1578 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1579 * 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1581 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1582 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1583 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1584 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1585 * 1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1587 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1589 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1590 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1591 * 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1593 * 1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1595 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1596 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1597 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1598 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1599 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1600 * completely from scratch. 1601 * 1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1603 * 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1605 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1606 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1607 * 1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1610 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1611 * 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1614 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1615 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1616 * 1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1618 * 1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1620 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1621 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1622 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1623 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1624 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1625 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1626 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1627 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1628 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1629 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1630 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1633 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1635 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1637 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1638 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1639 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1641 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1642 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1643 * 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1645 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1646 * 1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1648 * 1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1650 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1651 * 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1653 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1654 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1655 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1656 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1657 * 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1659 * connected to this BSS. 1660 * 1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1662 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1664 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1665 * for non-automatic settings. 1666 * 1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1668 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1669 * 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1671 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1672 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1673 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1674 * 1675 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1676 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1677 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1678 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1679 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1680 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1681 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1682 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1683 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1684 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1685 * 1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1687 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1688 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1689 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1690 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1691 * 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1693 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1694 * 1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1696 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1697 * 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1699 * 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1701 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1702 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1703 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1704 * nl80211 capability flag. 1705 * 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1707 * 1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1709 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1710 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1711 * 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1713 * changed once the mesh is active. 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1715 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1717 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1718 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1720 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1721 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1722 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1723 * 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1725 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1727 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1728 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1729 * triggers. 1730 * 1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1732 * cycles, in msecs. 1733 * 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1735 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1736 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1737 * pass-thru filter rules. 1738 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1739 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1740 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1741 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1742 * able to ignore them by itself. 1743 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1744 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1745 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1746 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1747 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1748 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1749 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1750 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1751 * 1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1753 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1754 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1756 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1757 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1758 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1759 * 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1761 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1762 * 1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1764 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1765 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1766 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1767 * 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1769 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1770 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1771 * 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1773 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1774 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1775 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1777 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1778 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1779 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1780 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1781 * 1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1783 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1785 * as AP. 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1788 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1791 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1794 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1795 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1796 * applications use this attribute. 1797 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1798 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1799 * 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1801 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1802 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1804 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1806 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1808 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1810 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1811 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1812 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1813 * 1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1815 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1816 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1817 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1818 * 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1820 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1821 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1822 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1825 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1827 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1828 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1829 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1830 * 1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1832 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1833 * to be filled by the FW. 1834 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1835 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1837 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1838 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1839 * The values that may be configured are: 1840 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1841 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1842 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1843 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1844 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1845 * 1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1847 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1848 * to one DFS region. 1849 * 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1851 * up to 16 TIDs. 1852 * 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1854 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1855 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1856 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1857 * capability to timeout the stations. 1858 * 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1860 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1861 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1862 * 1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1864 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1865 * 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1867 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1868 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1869 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1870 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1871 * 1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1873 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1874 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1875 * 1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1877 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1878 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1879 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1880 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1881 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1882 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1883 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1884 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1885 * consistent. 1886 * 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1888 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1889 * 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1891 * 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1893 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1895 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1896 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1897 * no change is made. 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1900 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1901 * 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1903 * carried in a u32 attribute 1904 * 1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1906 * MAC ACL. 1907 * 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1909 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1910 * ACL. 1911 * 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1913 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1914 * 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1916 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1917 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1919 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1920 * 1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1922 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1923 * 1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1925 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1926 * and PU-APSD. 1927 * 1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1929 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1930 * 1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1932 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1933 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1934 * 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1936 * 1937 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1938 * Element 1939 * 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1941 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1943 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1944 * 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1946 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1947 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1948 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1949 * 1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1953 * until the channel switch event. 1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1955 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1956 * operation). 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1958 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1960 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1962 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1963 * 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1965 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1966 * 1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 1968 * 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 1970 * supported operating classes. 1971 * 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 1973 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 1974 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 1975 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 1976 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 1977 * IBSS network. 1978 * 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1980 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1982 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 1983 * 1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 1985 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 1986 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 1987 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 1988 * u8 attribute. 1989 * 1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 1991 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 1994 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 1996 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 1999 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2000 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2001 * 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2004 * 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2006 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2007 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2008 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2009 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2010 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2011 * 2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2013 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2015 * supported number of csa counters. 2016 * 2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2018 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2019 * 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2021 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2022 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2023 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2024 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2025 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2026 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2027 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2028 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2029 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2030 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2031 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2032 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2033 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2034 * multicast group. 2035 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2036 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2037 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2038 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2039 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2040 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2041 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2042 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2043 * 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2045 * the TDLS link initiator. 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2048 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2049 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2050 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2051 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2052 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2053 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2054 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2055 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2056 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2057 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2058 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2059 * 2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2061 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2062 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2063 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2064 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2065 * 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2069 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2070 * 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2072 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2073 * 2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2077 * 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2079 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2080 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2081 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2082 * 2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2084 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2085 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2086 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2087 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2088 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2091 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2092 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2093 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2094 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2095 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2096 * over all channels. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2099 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2100 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2101 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2102 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2104 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2105 * 2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2107 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2109 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2111 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2113 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2114 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2115 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2116 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2117 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2119 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2120 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2121 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2123 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2124 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2125 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2126 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2127 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2130 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2131 * 2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2133 * 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2135 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2136 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2137 * interface type. 2138 * 2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2140 * groupID for monitor mode. 2141 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2142 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2143 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2144 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2145 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2146 * each group. 2147 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2148 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2149 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2150 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2151 * groupID data. 2152 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2154 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2155 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2156 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2157 * 2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2159 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2160 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2161 * attribute must not be included). 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2163 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2165 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2166 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2167 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2168 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2170 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2171 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2172 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2175 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2176 * 2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2178 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2179 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2180 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2181 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2183 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2184 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2185 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2186 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2187 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2188 * the device will decide what to use. 2189 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2190 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2191 * attribute. 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2193 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2195 * protection. 2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2197 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2198 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2199 * 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2201 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2202 * 2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2204 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2205 * 2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2207 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2208 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2209 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2210 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2211 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2212 * unnecessary wakeups. 2213 * 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2215 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2216 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2217 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2218 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2219 * 2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2221 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2222 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2223 * 2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2225 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2226 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2227 * 2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2229 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2230 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2231 * 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2233 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2234 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2235 * 2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2237 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2238 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2239 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2240 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2241 * 2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2243 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2245 * 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2247 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2248 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2249 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2250 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2251 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2252 * 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2254 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2256 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2257 * 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2259 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2260 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2263 * 2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2265 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2266 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2267 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2269 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2270 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2271 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2272 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2273 * 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2275 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2276 * 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2278 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2280 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2282 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2283 * enforced. 2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2285 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2287 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2288 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2289 * 2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2291 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2292 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2293 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2294 * 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2296 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2297 * 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2299 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2300 * invalid value. 2301 * 2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2303 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2304 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2305 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2306 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2307 * 2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2309 * scheduler. 2310 * 2311 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2313 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2314 */ 2315 enum nl80211_attrs { 2316 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2317 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2318 2319 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2320 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2321 2322 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2323 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2324 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2325 2326 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2327 2328 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2329 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2330 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2331 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2332 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2333 2334 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2335 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2336 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2337 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2338 2339 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2340 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2341 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2342 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2343 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2344 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2345 2346 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2347 2348 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2349 2350 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2351 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2352 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2353 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2354 2355 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2356 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2357 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2358 2359 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2360 2361 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2362 2363 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2364 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2365 2366 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2367 2368 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2369 2370 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2371 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2372 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2373 2374 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2375 2376 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2377 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2378 2379 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2380 2381 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2382 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2383 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2384 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2385 2386 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2387 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2388 2389 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2390 2391 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2392 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2393 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2394 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2395 2396 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2397 2398 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2399 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2400 2401 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2402 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2403 2404 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2405 2406 2407 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2408 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2409 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2410 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2411 2412 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2413 2414 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2415 2416 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2417 2418 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2419 2420 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2421 2422 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2423 2424 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2425 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2426 2427 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2428 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2429 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2430 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2431 2432 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2433 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2434 2435 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2436 2437 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2438 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2439 2440 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2441 2442 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2443 2444 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2445 2446 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2447 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2448 2449 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2450 2451 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2452 2453 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2454 2455 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2456 2457 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2458 2459 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2460 2461 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2462 2463 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2464 2465 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2466 2467 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2468 2469 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2470 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2471 2472 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2473 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2474 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2475 2476 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2477 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2478 2479 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2480 2481 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2482 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2483 2484 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2485 2486 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2491 2492 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2493 2494 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2495 2496 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2497 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2498 2499 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2500 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2501 2502 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2503 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2504 2505 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2506 2507 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2508 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2509 2510 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2511 2512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2513 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2514 2515 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2516 2517 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2518 2519 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2520 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2521 2522 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2523 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2524 2525 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2526 2527 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2528 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2529 2530 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2531 2532 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2533 2534 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2535 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2536 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2537 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2538 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2539 2540 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2541 2542 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2543 2544 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2545 2546 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2547 2548 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2549 2550 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2551 2552 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2553 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2556 2557 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2558 2559 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2560 2561 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2562 2563 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2564 2565 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2566 2567 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2568 2569 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2570 2571 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2572 2573 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2576 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2577 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2578 2579 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2580 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2581 2582 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2583 2584 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2585 2586 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2587 2588 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2589 2590 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2591 2592 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2593 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2594 2595 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2596 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2597 2598 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2599 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2600 2601 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2602 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2603 2604 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2605 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2606 2607 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2608 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2609 2610 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2611 2612 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2613 2614 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2615 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2616 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2617 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2618 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2619 2620 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2621 2622 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2623 2624 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2625 2626 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2627 2628 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2629 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2630 2631 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2632 2633 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2634 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2635 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2636 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2637 2638 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2639 2640 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2641 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2642 2643 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2644 2645 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2646 2647 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2648 2649 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2650 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2651 2652 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2653 2654 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2655 2656 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2657 2658 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2659 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2660 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2661 2662 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2663 2664 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2665 2666 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2667 2668 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2669 2670 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2671 2672 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2673 2674 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2677 2678 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2679 2680 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2681 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2683 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2684 2685 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2686 2687 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2688 2689 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2694 2695 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2696 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2697 2698 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2699 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2701 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2702 2703 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2704 2705 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2706 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2707 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2708 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2709 2710 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2711 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2712 2713 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2714 2715 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2716 2717 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2718 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2719 2720 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2721 2722 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2723 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2724 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2725 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2726 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2727 2728 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2729 2730 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2731 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2732 2733 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2734 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2735 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2738 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2739 2740 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2741 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2744 2745 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2746 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2747 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2748 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2749 2750 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2751 2752 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2753 2754 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2755 2756 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2759 2760 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2761 2762 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2763 2764 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2765 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2766 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2767 }; 2768 2769 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2770 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2771 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2772 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2773 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2774 2775 /* 2776 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2777 * here 2778 */ 2779 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2780 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2781 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2782 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2783 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2784 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2785 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2786 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2787 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2788 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2789 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2790 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2791 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2792 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2793 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2794 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2795 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2796 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2797 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2798 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2799 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2800 2801 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2802 2803 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2804 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2805 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 2806 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2807 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2808 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2809 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2810 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2811 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2812 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 2813 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2814 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2815 2816 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2817 2818 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2819 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2820 2821 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2822 2823 /** 2824 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2825 * 2826 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2827 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2828 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2829 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2830 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2831 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2832 * AP type interface. 2833 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2834 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2835 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2836 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2837 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2838 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2839 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2840 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2841 * commands to create and destroy one 2842 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2843 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2844 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2845 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2846 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2847 * 2848 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2849 * to set the type of an interface. 2850 * 2851 */ 2852 enum nl80211_iftype { 2853 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2854 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2855 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2856 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2857 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2858 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2859 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2860 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2861 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2862 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2863 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2864 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2865 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2866 2867 /* keep last */ 2868 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2869 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2870 }; 2871 2872 /** 2873 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2874 * 2875 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2876 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2877 * 2878 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2879 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2880 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2881 * with short barker preamble 2882 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2883 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2884 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2885 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2886 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2887 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2888 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2889 * as errors.) 2890 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2891 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2892 * previously added station into associated state 2893 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2894 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2895 */ 2896 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2897 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2898 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2899 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2900 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2901 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2902 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2903 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2904 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2905 2906 /* keep last */ 2907 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2908 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2909 }; 2910 2911 /** 2912 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2913 * 2914 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2915 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2916 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2917 */ 2918 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2919 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2920 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2921 2922 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2923 }; 2924 2925 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2926 2927 /** 2928 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2929 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2930 * @set: which values to set them to 2931 * 2932 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2933 */ 2934 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2935 __u32 mask; 2936 __u32 set; 2937 } __attribute__((packed)); 2938 2939 /** 2940 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 2941 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 2942 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 2943 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 2944 */ 2945 enum nl80211_he_gi { 2946 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 2947 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 2948 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 2949 }; 2950 2951 /** 2952 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 2953 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 2954 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 2955 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 2956 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 2957 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 2958 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 2959 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 2960 */ 2961 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 2962 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 2963 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 2964 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 2965 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 2966 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 2967 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 2968 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 2969 }; 2970 2971 /** 2972 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 2973 * 2974 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 2975 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2976 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 2977 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 2978 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 2979 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 2980 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 2981 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 2982 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 2983 * 2984 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2985 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 2986 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 2987 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 2988 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2989 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 2990 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 2991 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 2992 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 2993 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 2994 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 2995 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 2996 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 2997 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 2998 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2999 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3000 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3001 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3002 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3003 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3004 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3005 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3006 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3007 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3008 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3009 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3010 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3011 */ 3012 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3013 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3014 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3015 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3016 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3017 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3018 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3019 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3020 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3021 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3023 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3025 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3026 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3027 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3028 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3029 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3030 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3031 3032 /* keep last */ 3033 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3034 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3035 }; 3036 3037 /** 3038 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3039 * 3040 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3041 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3042 * 3043 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3044 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3045 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3046 * (flag) 3047 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3048 * (flag) 3049 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3050 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3051 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3052 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3053 */ 3054 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3055 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3056 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3057 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3058 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3059 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3060 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3061 3062 /* keep last */ 3063 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3064 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3065 }; 3066 3067 /** 3068 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3069 * 3070 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3071 * when getting information about a station. 3072 * 3073 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3074 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3075 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3076 * (u32, from this station) 3077 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3078 * (u32, to this station) 3079 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3080 * (u64, from this station) 3081 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3082 * (u64, to this station) 3083 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3084 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3085 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3086 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3087 * (u32, from this station) 3088 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3089 * (u32, to this station) 3090 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3091 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3092 * (u32, to this station) 3093 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3094 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3095 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3096 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3097 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3098 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3099 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3100 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3101 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3102 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3103 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3104 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3105 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3106 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3107 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3108 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3109 * non-peer STA 3110 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3111 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3112 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3113 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3114 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3115 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3116 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3117 * (u64) 3118 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3119 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3120 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3121 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3122 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3123 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3124 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3125 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3126 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3127 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3128 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3129 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3130 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3131 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3132 * (u32, from this station) 3133 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3134 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3135 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3136 * might not be fully accurate. 3137 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3138 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3139 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3140 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3141 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3142 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3143 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3144 */ 3145 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3146 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3147 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3148 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3149 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3150 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3151 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3152 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3153 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3154 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3155 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3156 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3157 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3158 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3159 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3160 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3161 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3162 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3163 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3164 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3165 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3166 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3167 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3168 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3169 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3170 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3171 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3172 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3173 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3174 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3175 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3176 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3177 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3178 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3179 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3180 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3181 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3182 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3183 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3184 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3185 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3186 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3187 3188 /* keep last */ 3189 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3190 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3191 }; 3192 3193 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3194 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3195 3196 3197 /** 3198 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3199 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3200 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3201 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3202 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3203 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3204 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3205 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3206 * MSDUs (u64) 3207 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3208 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3209 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3210 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3211 */ 3212 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3213 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3214 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3215 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3216 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3217 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3218 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3219 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3220 3221 /* keep last */ 3222 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3223 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3224 }; 3225 3226 /** 3227 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3228 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3229 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3230 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3231 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3232 * backlogged 3233 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3234 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3235 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3236 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3237 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3238 * (only for per-phy stats) 3239 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3240 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3241 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3242 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3243 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3244 */ 3245 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3246 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3247 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3248 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3249 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3250 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3251 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3252 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3253 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3254 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3255 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3256 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3257 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3258 3259 /* keep last */ 3260 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3261 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3262 }; 3263 3264 /** 3265 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3266 * 3267 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3268 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3269 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3270 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3271 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3272 */ 3273 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3274 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3275 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3276 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3277 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3278 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3279 }; 3280 3281 /** 3282 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3283 * 3284 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3285 * information about a mesh path. 3286 * 3287 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3288 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3289 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3290 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3291 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3292 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3293 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3294 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3295 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3296 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3297 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3298 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3299 * currently defined 3300 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3301 */ 3302 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3303 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3304 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3305 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3306 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3307 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3308 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3309 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3310 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3311 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3312 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3313 3314 /* keep last */ 3315 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3316 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3317 }; 3318 3319 /** 3320 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3321 * 3322 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3323 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3324 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3325 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3326 * capabilities IE 3327 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3328 * capabilities IE 3329 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3330 * capabilities IE 3331 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3332 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3333 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3334 * defined 3335 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3336 */ 3337 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3338 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3339 3340 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3341 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3342 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3343 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3344 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3345 3346 /* keep last */ 3347 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3348 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3349 }; 3350 3351 /** 3352 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3353 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3354 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3355 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3356 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3357 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3358 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3359 * defined in 802.11n 3360 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3361 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3362 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3363 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3364 * defined in 802.11ac 3365 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3366 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3367 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3368 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3369 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3370 */ 3371 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3372 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3373 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3374 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3375 3376 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3377 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3378 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3379 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3380 3381 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3382 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3383 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3384 3385 /* keep last */ 3386 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3387 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3388 }; 3389 3390 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3391 3392 /** 3393 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3394 * 3395 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3396 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3397 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3398 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3399 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3400 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3401 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3402 */ 3403 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3404 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3405 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3406 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3407 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3408 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3409 3410 /* keep last */ 3411 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3412 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3413 }; 3414 3415 /** 3416 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3417 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3418 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3419 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3420 * regulatory domain. 3421 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3422 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3423 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3424 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3425 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3426 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3427 * (100 * dBm). 3428 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3429 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3430 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3431 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3432 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3433 * channel as the control channel 3434 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3435 * channel as the control channel 3436 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3437 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3438 * this includes 80+80 channels 3439 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3440 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3441 * isn't possible 3442 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3443 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3444 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3445 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3446 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3447 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3448 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3449 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3450 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3451 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3452 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3453 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3454 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3455 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3456 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3457 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3458 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3459 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3460 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3461 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3462 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3463 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3464 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3465 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3466 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3467 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3468 * currently defined 3469 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3470 * 3471 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3472 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3473 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3474 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3475 */ 3476 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3477 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3478 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3479 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3480 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3481 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3482 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3483 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3484 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3485 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3486 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3487 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3488 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3489 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3490 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3491 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3492 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3493 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3494 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3495 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3496 3497 /* keep last */ 3498 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3499 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3500 }; 3501 3502 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3503 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3504 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3505 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3506 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3507 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3508 3509 /** 3510 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3511 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3512 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3513 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3514 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3515 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3516 * currently defined 3517 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3518 */ 3519 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3520 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3521 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3522 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3523 3524 /* keep last */ 3525 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3526 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3527 }; 3528 3529 /** 3530 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3531 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3532 * regulatory domain. 3533 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3534 * regulatory domain. 3535 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3536 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3537 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3538 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3539 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3540 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3541 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3542 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3543 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3544 */ 3545 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3546 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3547 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3548 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3549 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3550 }; 3551 3552 /** 3553 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3554 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3555 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3556 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3557 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3558 * domain. 3559 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3560 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3561 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3562 * them to be applied. 3563 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3564 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3565 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3566 * domain request to be processed. 3567 */ 3568 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3569 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3570 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3571 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3572 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3573 }; 3574 3575 /** 3576 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3577 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3578 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3579 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3580 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3581 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3582 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3583 * band edge. 3584 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3585 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3586 * band edge. 3587 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3588 * frequency range, in KHz. 3589 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3590 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3591 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3592 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3593 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3594 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3595 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3596 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3597 * currently defined 3598 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3599 */ 3600 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3601 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3602 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3603 3604 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3605 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3606 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3607 3608 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3609 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3610 3611 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3612 3613 /* keep last */ 3614 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3615 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3616 }; 3617 3618 /** 3619 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3620 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3621 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3622 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3623 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3624 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3625 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3626 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3627 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3628 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3629 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3630 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3631 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3632 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3633 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3634 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3635 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3636 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3637 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3638 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3639 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3640 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3641 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3642 * attribute number currently defined 3643 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3644 */ 3645 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3646 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3647 3648 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3649 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3650 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3651 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3652 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3653 3654 /* keep last */ 3655 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3656 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3657 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3658 }; 3659 3660 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3661 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3662 3663 /** 3664 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3665 * 3666 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3667 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3668 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3669 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3670 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3671 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3672 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3673 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3674 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3675 * beaconing. 3676 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3677 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3678 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3679 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3680 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3681 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3682 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3683 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3684 */ 3685 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3686 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3687 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3688 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3689 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3690 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3691 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3692 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3693 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3694 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3695 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3696 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3697 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3698 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3699 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3700 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3701 }; 3702 3703 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3704 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3705 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3706 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3707 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3708 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3709 3710 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3711 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3712 3713 /** 3714 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3715 * 3716 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3717 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3718 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3719 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3720 */ 3721 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3722 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3723 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3724 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3725 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3726 }; 3727 3728 /** 3729 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3730 * 3731 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3732 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3733 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3734 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3735 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3736 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3737 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3738 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3739 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3740 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3741 * supported feature. 3742 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3743 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3744 */ 3745 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3746 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3747 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3748 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3749 }; 3750 3751 /** 3752 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3753 * 3754 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3755 * when getting information about a survey. 3756 * 3757 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3758 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3759 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3760 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3761 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3762 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3763 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3764 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3765 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3766 * channel was sensed busy 3767 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3768 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3769 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3770 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3771 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3772 * (on this channel or globally) 3773 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3774 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3775 * currently defined 3776 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3777 */ 3778 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3779 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3780 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3781 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3782 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3783 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3784 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3785 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3786 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3787 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3788 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3789 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3790 3791 /* keep last */ 3792 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3793 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3794 }; 3795 3796 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3797 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3798 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3799 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3800 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3801 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3802 3803 /** 3804 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3805 * 3806 * Monitor configuration flags. 3807 * 3808 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3809 * 3810 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3811 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3812 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3813 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3814 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3815 * overrides all other flags. 3816 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3817 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3818 * 3819 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3820 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3821 */ 3822 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3823 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3824 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3825 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3826 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3827 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3828 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3829 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3830 3831 /* keep last */ 3832 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3833 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3834 }; 3835 3836 /** 3837 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3838 * 3839 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3840 * not known or has not been set yet. 3841 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3842 * in Awake state all the time. 3843 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3844 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3845 * neighbor's beacons. 3846 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3847 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3848 * for neighbor's beacons. 3849 * 3850 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3851 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3852 */ 3853 3854 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3855 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3856 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3857 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3858 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3859 3860 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3861 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3862 }; 3863 3864 /** 3865 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3866 * 3867 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3868 * active. 3869 * 3870 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3871 * 3872 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3873 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3874 * 3875 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3876 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3877 * 3878 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3879 * millisecond units 3880 * 3881 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3882 * on this mesh interface 3883 * 3884 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3885 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3886 * mesh 3887 * 3888 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3889 * point. 3890 * 3891 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3892 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3893 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3894 * set. 3895 * 3896 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3897 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3898 * target) 3899 * 3900 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3901 * (in milliseconds) 3902 * 3903 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3904 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3905 * 3906 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3907 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3908 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3909 * 3910 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3911 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3912 * reference element 3913 * 3914 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3915 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3916 * mesh 3917 * 3918 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3919 * 3920 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3921 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3922 * 3923 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3924 * root announcements are transmitted. 3925 * 3926 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3927 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3928 * Announcement frames. 3929 * 3930 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3931 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3932 * PERR element. 3933 * 3934 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 3935 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 3936 * 3937 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 3938 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 3939 * a peer link. 3940 * 3941 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 3942 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 3943 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 3944 * 3945 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 3946 * 3947 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 3948 * 3949 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 3950 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 3951 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 3952 * 3953 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3954 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 3955 * 3956 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 3957 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 3958 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 3959 * 3960 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 3961 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 3962 * 3963 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 3964 * 3965 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 3966 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 3967 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 3968 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 3969 * 3970 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 3971 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 3972 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 3973 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 3974 * 3975 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3976 */ 3977 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 3978 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 3979 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 3980 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 3981 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 3982 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 3983 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 3984 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 3985 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 3986 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 3987 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 3988 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3989 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 3990 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 3991 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 3992 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 3993 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 3994 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 3995 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 3996 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 3997 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 3998 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 3999 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4000 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4001 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4002 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4003 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4004 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4005 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4006 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4007 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4008 4009 /* keep last */ 4010 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4011 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4012 }; 4013 4014 /** 4015 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4016 * 4017 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4018 * changed while the mesh is active. 4019 * 4020 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4021 * 4022 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4023 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4024 * default HWMP. 4025 * 4026 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4027 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4028 * metric. 4029 * 4030 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4031 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4032 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4033 * metrics in use. 4034 * 4035 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4036 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4037 * 4038 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4039 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4040 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4041 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4042 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4043 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4044 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4045 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4046 * userspace daemon. 4047 * 4048 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4049 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4050 * neighbor offset synchronization 4051 * 4052 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4053 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4054 * 4055 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4056 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4057 * Default is no authentication method required. 4058 * 4059 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4060 * 4061 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4062 */ 4063 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4064 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4065 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4066 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4067 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4068 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4069 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4070 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4071 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4072 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4073 4074 /* keep last */ 4075 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4076 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4077 }; 4078 4079 /** 4080 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4081 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4082 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4083 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4084 * disabled 4085 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4086 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4087 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4088 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4089 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4090 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4091 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4092 */ 4093 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4094 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4095 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4096 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4097 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4098 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4099 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4100 4101 /* keep last */ 4102 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4103 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4104 }; 4105 4106 enum nl80211_ac { 4107 NL80211_AC_VO, 4108 NL80211_AC_VI, 4109 NL80211_AC_BE, 4110 NL80211_AC_BK, 4111 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4112 }; 4113 4114 /* backward compat */ 4115 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4116 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4117 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4118 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4119 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4120 4121 /** 4122 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4123 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4124 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4125 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4126 * below the control channel 4127 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4128 * above the control channel 4129 */ 4130 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4131 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4132 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4133 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4134 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4135 }; 4136 4137 /** 4138 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4139 * 4140 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4141 * attribute. 4142 * 4143 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4144 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4145 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4146 * attribute must be provided as well 4147 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4148 * attribute must be provided as well 4149 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4150 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4151 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4152 * attribute must be provided as well 4153 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4154 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4155 */ 4156 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4157 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4158 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4159 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4160 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4161 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4162 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4163 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4164 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4165 }; 4166 4167 /** 4168 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4169 * 4170 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4171 * 4172 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4173 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4174 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4175 */ 4176 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4177 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4178 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4179 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4180 }; 4181 4182 /** 4183 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4184 * 4185 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4186 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4187 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4188 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4189 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4190 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4191 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4192 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4193 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4194 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4195 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4196 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4197 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4198 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4199 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4200 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4201 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4202 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4203 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4204 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4205 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4206 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4207 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4208 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4209 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4210 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4211 * yet been received 4212 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4213 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4214 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4215 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4216 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4217 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4218 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4219 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4220 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4221 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4222 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4223 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4224 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4225 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4226 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4227 * is set. 4228 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4229 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4230 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4231 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4232 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4233 */ 4234 enum nl80211_bss { 4235 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4236 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4237 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4238 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4239 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4240 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4241 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4242 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4243 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4244 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4245 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4246 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4247 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4248 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4249 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4250 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4251 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4252 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4253 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4254 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4255 4256 /* keep last */ 4257 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4258 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4259 }; 4260 4261 /** 4262 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4263 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4264 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4265 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4266 * a given BSS. 4267 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4268 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4269 * 4270 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4271 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4272 */ 4273 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4274 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4275 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4276 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4277 }; 4278 4279 /** 4280 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4281 * 4282 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4283 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4284 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4285 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4286 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4287 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4288 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4289 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4290 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4291 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4292 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4293 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4294 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4295 */ 4296 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4297 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4298 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4299 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4300 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4301 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4302 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4303 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4304 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4305 4306 /* keep last */ 4307 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4308 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4309 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4310 }; 4311 4312 /** 4313 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4314 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4315 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4316 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4317 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4318 */ 4319 enum nl80211_key_type { 4320 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4321 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4322 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4323 4324 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4325 }; 4326 4327 /** 4328 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4329 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4330 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4331 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4332 */ 4333 enum nl80211_mfp { 4334 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4335 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4336 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4337 }; 4338 4339 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4340 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4341 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4342 }; 4343 4344 /** 4345 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4346 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4347 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4348 * unicast key 4349 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4350 * multicast key 4351 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4352 */ 4353 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4354 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4355 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4356 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4357 4358 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4359 }; 4360 4361 /** 4362 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4363 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4364 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4365 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4366 * keys 4367 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4368 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4369 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4370 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4371 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4372 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4373 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4374 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4375 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4376 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4377 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4378 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4379 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4380 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4381 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4382 */ 4383 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4384 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4385 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4386 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4387 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4388 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4389 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4390 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4391 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4392 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4393 4394 /* keep last */ 4395 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4396 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4397 }; 4398 4399 /** 4400 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4401 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4402 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4403 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4404 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4405 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4406 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4407 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4408 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4409 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4410 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4411 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4412 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4413 */ 4414 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4415 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4416 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4417 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4418 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4419 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4420 4421 /* keep last */ 4422 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4423 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4424 }; 4425 4426 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4427 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4428 4429 /** 4430 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4431 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4432 */ 4433 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4434 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4435 }; 4436 4437 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4438 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4439 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4440 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4441 }; 4442 4443 /** 4444 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4445 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4446 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4447 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4448 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4449 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4450 */ 4451 enum nl80211_band { 4452 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4453 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4454 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4455 4456 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4457 }; 4458 4459 /** 4460 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4461 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4462 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4463 */ 4464 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4465 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4466 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4467 }; 4468 4469 /** 4470 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4471 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4472 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4473 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4474 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4475 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4476 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4477 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4478 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4479 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4480 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4481 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4482 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4483 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4484 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4485 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4486 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4487 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4488 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4489 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4490 * checked. 4491 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4492 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4493 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4494 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4495 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4496 * loss event 4497 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4498 * RSSI threshold event. 4499 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4500 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4501 */ 4502 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4503 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4504 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4505 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4506 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4507 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4508 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4509 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4510 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4511 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4512 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4513 4514 /* keep last */ 4515 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4516 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4517 }; 4518 4519 /** 4520 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4521 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4522 * configured threshold 4523 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4524 * configured threshold 4525 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4526 */ 4527 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4528 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4529 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4530 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4531 }; 4532 4533 4534 /** 4535 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4536 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4537 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4538 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4539 */ 4540 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4541 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4542 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4543 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4544 }; 4545 4546 /** 4547 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4548 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4549 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4550 * a zero bit are ignored 4551 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4552 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4553 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4554 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4555 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4556 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4557 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4558 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4559 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4560 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4561 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4562 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4563 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4564 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4565 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4566 */ 4567 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4568 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4569 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4570 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4571 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4572 4573 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4574 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4575 }; 4576 4577 /** 4578 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4579 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4580 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4581 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4582 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4583 * 4584 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4585 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4586 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4587 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4588 * by the kernel to userspace. 4589 */ 4590 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4591 __u32 max_patterns; 4592 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4593 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4594 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4595 } __attribute__((packed)); 4596 4597 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4598 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4599 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4600 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4601 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4602 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4603 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4604 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4605 4606 /** 4607 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4608 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4609 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4610 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4611 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4612 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4613 * any others are even supported by the device. 4614 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4615 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4616 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4617 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4618 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4619 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4620 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4621 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4622 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4623 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4624 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4625 * 4626 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4627 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4628 * 4629 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4630 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4631 * to the kernel when configuring. 4632 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4633 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4634 * by the device (flag) 4635 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4636 * done by the device) (flag) 4637 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4638 * packet (flag) 4639 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4640 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4641 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4642 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4643 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4644 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4645 * attribute contains the original length. 4646 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4647 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4648 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4649 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4650 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4651 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4652 * contains the original length. 4653 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4654 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4655 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4656 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4657 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4658 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4659 * the TCP connection. 4660 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4661 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4662 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4663 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4664 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4665 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4666 * service 4667 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4668 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4669 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4670 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4671 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4672 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4673 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4674 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4675 * supported by the driver (u32). 4676 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4677 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4678 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4679 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4680 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4681 * occurred. 4682 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4683 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4684 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4685 * these attributes must be present. If 4686 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4687 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4688 * channel. 4689 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4690 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4691 * 4692 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4693 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4694 */ 4695 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4696 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4697 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4698 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4699 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4700 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4701 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4702 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4703 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4704 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4705 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4706 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4707 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4708 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4709 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4710 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4711 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4712 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4713 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4714 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4715 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4716 4717 /* keep last */ 4718 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4719 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4720 }; 4721 4722 /** 4723 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4724 * 4725 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4726 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4727 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4728 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4729 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4730 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4731 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4732 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4733 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4734 * 4735 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4736 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4737 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4738 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4739 * also woken up. 4740 * 4741 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4742 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4743 */ 4744 4745 /** 4746 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4747 * @start: starting value 4748 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4749 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4750 * 4751 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4752 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4753 * in little endian. 4754 */ 4755 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4756 __u32 start, offset, len; 4757 }; 4758 4759 /** 4760 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4761 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4762 * @len: length of each token 4763 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4764 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4765 */ 4766 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4767 __u32 offset, len; 4768 __u8 token_stream[]; 4769 }; 4770 4771 /** 4772 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4773 * @min_len: minimum token length 4774 * @max_len: maximum token length 4775 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4776 */ 4777 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4778 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4779 }; 4780 4781 /** 4782 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4783 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4784 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4785 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4786 * (in network byte order) 4787 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4788 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4789 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4790 * might require ARP querying. 4791 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4792 * socket and port will be allocated 4793 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4795 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4796 * of the data payload. 4797 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4798 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4799 * advertising it is just a flag 4800 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4801 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4802 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4803 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4804 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4805 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4806 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4807 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4808 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4809 * but on the TCP payload only. 4810 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4811 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4812 */ 4813 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4814 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4815 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4816 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4817 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4818 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4819 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4820 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4821 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4822 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4823 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4824 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4825 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4826 4827 /* keep last */ 4828 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4829 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4830 }; 4831 4832 /** 4833 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4834 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4835 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4836 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4837 * 4838 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4839 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4840 */ 4841 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4842 __u32 max_rules; 4843 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4844 __u32 max_delay; 4845 } __attribute__((packed)); 4846 4847 /** 4848 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4849 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4850 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4851 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4852 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4853 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4854 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4855 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4856 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4857 */ 4858 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4859 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4860 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4861 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4862 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4863 4864 /* keep last */ 4865 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4866 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4867 }; 4868 4869 /** 4870 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4871 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4872 * in a rule are matched. 4873 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4874 * in a rule are not matched. 4875 */ 4876 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4877 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4878 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4879 }; 4880 4881 /** 4882 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4883 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4884 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4885 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4886 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4887 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4888 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4889 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4890 */ 4891 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4892 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4893 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4894 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4895 4896 /* keep last */ 4897 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4898 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4899 }; 4900 4901 /** 4902 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4903 * 4904 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4905 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4906 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4907 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4908 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 4909 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 4910 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 4911 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 4912 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 4913 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 4914 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 4915 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 4916 * different channels may be used within this group. 4917 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4918 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 4919 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4920 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 4921 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 4922 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 4923 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 4924 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 4925 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 4926 * 4927 * Examples: 4928 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 4929 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 4930 * 4931 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 4932 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 4933 * 4934 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 4935 * => allows two STAs on different channels 4936 * 4937 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 4938 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 4939 * 4940 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 4941 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 4942 * that any of these groups must match. 4943 * 4944 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 4945 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 4946 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 4947 * interface type, the following group always exists: 4948 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 4949 */ 4950 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 4951 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 4952 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 4953 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 4954 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 4955 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 4956 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 4957 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 4958 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 4959 4960 /* keep last */ 4961 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 4962 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 4963 }; 4964 4965 4966 /** 4967 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 4968 * 4969 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 4970 * state of non existent mesh peer links 4971 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 4972 * this mesh peer 4973 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 4974 * from this mesh peer 4975 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 4976 * received from this mesh peer 4977 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 4978 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 4979 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 4980 * plink are discarded 4981 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 4982 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 4983 */ 4984 enum nl80211_plink_state { 4985 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 4986 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 4987 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 4988 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 4989 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 4990 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 4991 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 4992 4993 /* keep last */ 4994 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 4995 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 4996 }; 4997 4998 /** 4999 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5000 * 5001 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5002 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5003 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5004 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5005 */ 5006 enum plink_actions { 5007 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5008 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5009 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5010 5011 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5012 }; 5013 5014 5015 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5016 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5017 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5018 5019 /** 5020 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5021 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5022 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5023 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5024 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5025 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5026 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5027 */ 5028 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5029 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5030 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5031 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5032 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5033 5034 /* keep last */ 5035 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5036 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5037 }; 5038 5039 /** 5040 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5041 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5042 * Beacon frames) 5043 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5044 * in Beacon frames 5045 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5046 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5047 */ 5048 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5049 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5050 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5051 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5052 }; 5053 5054 /** 5055 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5056 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5057 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5058 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5059 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5060 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5061 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5062 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5063 */ 5064 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5065 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5066 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5067 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5068 5069 /* keep last */ 5070 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5071 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5072 }; 5073 5074 /** 5075 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5076 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5077 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5078 * priority) 5079 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5080 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5081 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5082 * (internal) 5083 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5084 * (internal) 5085 */ 5086 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5087 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5088 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5089 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5090 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5091 5092 /* keep last */ 5093 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5094 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5095 }; 5096 5097 /** 5098 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5099 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5100 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5101 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5102 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5103 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5104 */ 5105 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5106 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5107 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5108 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5109 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5110 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5111 }; 5112 5113 /* 5114 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5115 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5116 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5117 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5118 }; 5119 */ 5120 5121 /** 5122 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5123 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5124 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5125 * socket option. 5126 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5127 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5128 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5129 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5130 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5131 * cellular base stations. 5132 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5133 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5134 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5135 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5136 * mode 5137 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5138 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5139 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5140 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5141 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5142 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5143 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5144 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5145 * setting 5146 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5147 * powersave 5148 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5149 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5150 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5151 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5152 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5153 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5154 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5155 * states using station flags. 5156 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5157 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5158 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5159 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5160 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5161 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5162 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5163 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5164 * still generated by the driver. 5165 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5166 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5167 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5168 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5169 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5170 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5171 * lifetime of a BSS. 5172 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5173 * Set IE to probe requests. 5174 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5175 * to probe requests. 5176 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5177 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5178 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5179 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5180 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5181 * Measurement Report action frame. 5182 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5183 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5184 * to enable dynack. 5185 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5186 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5187 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5188 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5189 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5190 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5191 * rts/cts handshake. 5192 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5193 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5194 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5195 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5196 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5197 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5198 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5199 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5200 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5201 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5202 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5203 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5204 * address mask/value will be used. 5205 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5206 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5207 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5208 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5209 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5210 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5211 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5212 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5213 */ 5214 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5215 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5216 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5217 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5218 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5219 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5220 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5221 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5222 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5223 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5224 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5225 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5226 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5227 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5228 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5229 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5230 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5231 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5232 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5233 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5234 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5235 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5236 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5237 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5238 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5239 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5240 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5241 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5242 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5243 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5244 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5245 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5246 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, 5247 }; 5248 5249 /** 5250 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5251 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5252 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5253 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5254 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5255 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5256 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5257 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5258 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5259 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5260 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5261 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5262 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5263 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5264 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5265 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5266 * (if available). 5267 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5268 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5269 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5270 * (if available). 5271 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5272 * channel dwell time. 5273 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5274 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5275 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5276 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5277 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5278 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5279 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5280 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5281 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5282 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5283 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5284 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5285 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5286 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5287 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5288 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5289 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5290 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5291 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5292 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5293 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5294 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5295 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5296 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5297 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5298 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5299 * be supported. 5300 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5301 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5302 * actual dwell time. 5303 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5304 * response 5305 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5306 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5307 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5308 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5310 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5311 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5312 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5313 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5314 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5315 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5316 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5317 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5318 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5319 * "radar detected" event. 5320 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5321 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5322 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5323 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5324 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5325 * TXQs. 5326 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5327 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5328 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5329 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5330 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5331 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5332 * timing measurement responder role. 5333 * 5334 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5335 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5336 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5337 * freeze the connection. 5338 * 5339 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5340 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5341 * scheduling. 5342 * 5343 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5344 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5345 * 5346 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5347 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5348 */ 5349 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5350 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5351 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5352 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5353 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5354 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5355 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5356 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5357 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5358 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5359 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5360 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5361 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5362 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5363 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5364 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5365 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5366 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5367 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5368 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5369 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5370 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5371 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5372 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5373 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5374 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5375 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5376 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5377 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5378 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5379 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5380 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5381 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5382 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5383 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5384 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5385 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5386 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5387 5388 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5389 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5390 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5391 }; 5392 5393 /** 5394 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5395 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5396 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5397 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5398 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5399 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5400 * to the host. 5401 * 5402 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5403 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5404 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5405 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5406 */ 5407 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5408 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5409 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5410 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5411 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5412 }; 5413 5414 /** 5415 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5416 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5417 * handled by the AP is reached. 5418 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5419 */ 5420 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5421 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5422 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5423 }; 5424 5425 /** 5426 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5427 * 5428 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5429 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5430 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5431 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5432 */ 5433 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5434 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5435 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5436 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5437 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5438 }; 5439 5440 /** 5441 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5442 * 5443 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5444 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5445 * requests. 5446 * 5447 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5448 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5449 * one of them can be used in the request. 5450 * 5451 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5452 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5453 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5454 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5455 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5456 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5457 * when really needed 5458 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5459 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5460 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5461 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5462 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5463 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5464 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5465 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5466 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5467 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5468 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5469 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5470 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5471 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5472 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5473 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5474 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5475 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5476 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5477 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5478 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5479 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5480 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5481 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5482 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5483 * impacted with this flag. 5484 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5485 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5486 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5487 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5488 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5489 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5490 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5491 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5492 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5493 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5494 * possible. 5495 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5496 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5497 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5498 */ 5499 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5500 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5501 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5502 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5503 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5504 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5505 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5506 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5507 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5508 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5509 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5510 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5511 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5512 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5513 }; 5514 5515 /** 5516 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5517 * 5518 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5519 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5520 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5521 * 5522 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5523 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5524 * in ACL to authenticate. 5525 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5526 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5527 */ 5528 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5529 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5530 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5531 }; 5532 5533 /** 5534 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5535 * 5536 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5537 * 5538 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5539 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5540 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5541 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5542 */ 5543 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5544 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5545 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5546 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5547 5548 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5549 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5550 }; 5551 5552 /** 5553 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5554 * 5555 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5556 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5557 * 5558 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5559 * now unusable. 5560 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5561 * the channel is now available. 5562 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5563 * change to the channel status. 5564 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5565 * over, channel becomes usable. 5566 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5567 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5568 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5569 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5570 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5571 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5572 */ 5573 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5574 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5575 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5576 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5577 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5578 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5579 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5580 }; 5581 5582 /** 5583 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5584 * 5585 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5586 * 5587 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5588 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5589 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5590 * is therefore marked as not available. 5591 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5592 */ 5593 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5594 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5595 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5596 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5597 }; 5598 5599 /** 5600 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5601 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5602 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5603 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5604 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5605 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5606 */ 5607 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5608 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5609 }; 5610 5611 /** 5612 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5613 * 5614 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5615 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5616 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5617 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5618 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5619 */ 5620 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5621 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5622 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5623 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5624 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5625 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5626 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5627 }; 5628 5629 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5630 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5631 5632 /** 5633 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5634 * 5635 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5636 * 5637 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5638 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 5639 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 5640 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 5641 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 5642 */ 5643 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5644 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5645 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 5646 }; 5647 5648 /* 5649 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5650 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5651 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5652 */ 5653 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5654 5655 /** 5656 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5657 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5658 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5659 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5660 * added to this file when needed. 5661 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5662 */ 5663 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5664 __u32 vendor_id; 5665 __u32 subcmd; 5666 }; 5667 5668 /** 5669 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5670 * 5671 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5672 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5673 * 5674 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5675 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5676 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5677 */ 5678 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5679 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5680 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5681 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5682 }; 5683 5684 /** 5685 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5686 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5687 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5688 * seconds (u32). 5689 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5690 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5691 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5692 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5693 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5694 * currently defined 5695 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5696 */ 5697 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5698 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5699 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5700 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5701 5702 /* keep last */ 5703 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5704 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5705 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5706 }; 5707 5708 /** 5709 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5710 * 5711 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5712 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5713 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5714 */ 5715 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5716 __u8 band; 5717 __s8 delta; 5718 } __attribute__((packed)); 5719 5720 /** 5721 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5722 * 5723 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5724 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5725 * is requested. 5726 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5727 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5728 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5729 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5730 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5731 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5732 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5733 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5734 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5735 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5736 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5737 * 5738 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5739 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5740 * which the driver shall use. 5741 */ 5742 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5743 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5744 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5745 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5746 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5747 5748 /* keep last */ 5749 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5750 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5751 }; 5752 5753 /** 5754 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5755 * 5756 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5757 * 5758 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5759 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5760 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5761 */ 5762 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5763 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5764 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5765 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5766 5767 /* keep last */ 5768 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5769 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5770 }; 5771 5772 /** 5773 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5774 * 5775 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5776 * 5777 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5778 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5779 */ 5780 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5781 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5782 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5783 }; 5784 5785 /** 5786 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5787 * 5788 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5789 * 5790 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5791 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5792 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5793 */ 5794 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5795 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5796 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5797 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5798 }; 5799 5800 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5801 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5802 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5803 5804 /** 5805 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5806 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5807 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5808 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5809 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5810 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5811 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5812 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5813 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5814 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5815 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5816 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5817 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5818 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5819 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5820 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5821 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5822 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5823 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5824 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5825 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5826 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5827 * This is a flag. 5828 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5829 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5830 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5831 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5832 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5833 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5834 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5835 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5836 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5837 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5838 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5839 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5840 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5841 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5842 * 5843 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5844 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5845 */ 5846 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5847 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5848 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5849 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5850 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5851 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5852 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5853 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5854 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5855 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5856 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5857 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5858 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5859 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5860 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5861 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5862 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5863 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5864 5865 /* keep last */ 5866 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5867 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5868 }; 5869 5870 /** 5871 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5872 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5873 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5874 * This is a flag. 5875 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5876 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5877 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5878 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5879 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5880 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5881 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5882 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5883 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5884 */ 5885 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5886 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5887 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5888 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5889 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5890 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5891 5892 /* keep last */ 5893 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 5894 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 5895 }; 5896 5897 /** 5898 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 5899 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 5900 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 5901 * match. This is a nested attribute. 5902 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5903 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 5904 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 5905 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5906 * 5907 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 5908 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 5909 */ 5910 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 5911 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 5912 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 5913 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 5914 5915 /* keep last */ 5916 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 5917 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 5918 }; 5919 5920 /** 5921 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 5922 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 5923 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 5924 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 5925 */ 5926 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 5927 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 5928 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 5929 }; 5930 5931 /** 5932 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 5933 * responder attributes 5934 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 5935 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 5936 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 5937 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 5938 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 5939 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 5940 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 5941 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 5942 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 5943 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 5944 */ 5945 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 5946 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 5947 5948 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 5949 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 5950 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 5951 5952 /* keep last */ 5953 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 5954 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 5955 }; 5956 5957 /* 5958 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 5959 * 5960 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 5961 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 5962 * 5963 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5964 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 5965 * were ssfully answered (u32) 5966 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 5967 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 5968 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 5969 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 5970 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 5971 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 5972 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 5973 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 5974 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 5975 * phase with the responder (u32) 5976 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 5977 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 5978 * FTM slot (u32) 5979 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 5980 * scheduled window (u32) 5981 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 5982 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 5983 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 5984 */ 5985 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 5986 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 5987 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 5988 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 5989 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 5990 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 5991 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 5992 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 5993 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 5994 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 5995 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 5996 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 5997 5998 /* keep last */ 5999 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6000 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6001 }; 6002 6003 /** 6004 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6005 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6006 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6007 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6008 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6009 */ 6010 enum nl80211_preamble { 6011 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6012 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6013 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6014 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6015 }; 6016 6017 /** 6018 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6019 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6020 * these numbers also for attributes 6021 * 6022 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6023 * 6024 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6025 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6026 */ 6027 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6028 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6029 6030 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6031 6032 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6033 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6034 }; 6035 6036 /** 6037 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6038 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6039 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6040 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6041 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6042 * reason may be available in the response data 6043 */ 6044 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6045 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6046 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6047 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6048 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6049 }; 6050 6051 /** 6052 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6053 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6054 * 6055 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6056 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6057 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6058 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6059 * (flag attribute) 6060 * 6061 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6062 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6063 */ 6064 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6065 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6066 6067 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6068 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6069 6070 /* keep last */ 6071 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6072 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6073 }; 6074 6075 /** 6076 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6077 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6078 * 6079 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6080 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6081 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6082 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6083 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6084 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6085 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6086 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6087 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6088 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6089 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6090 * (u64, usec) 6091 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6092 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6093 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6094 * result. 6095 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6096 * 6097 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6098 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6099 */ 6100 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6101 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6102 6103 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6104 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6105 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6106 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6107 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6108 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6109 6110 /* keep last */ 6111 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6112 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6113 }; 6114 6115 /** 6116 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6117 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6118 * 6119 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6120 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6121 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6122 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6123 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6124 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6125 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6126 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6127 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6128 * 6129 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6130 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6131 */ 6132 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6133 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6134 6135 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6136 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6137 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6138 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6139 6140 /* keep last */ 6141 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6142 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6143 }; 6144 6145 /** 6146 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6147 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6148 * 6149 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6150 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6151 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6152 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6153 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6154 * measurement results 6155 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6156 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6157 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6158 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6159 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6160 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6161 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6162 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6163 * sub-attributes taken from 6164 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6165 * 6166 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6167 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6168 */ 6169 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6170 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6171 6172 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6173 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6174 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6175 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6176 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6177 6178 /* keep last */ 6179 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6180 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6181 }; 6182 6183 /** 6184 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6185 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6186 * 6187 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6188 * is supported 6189 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6190 * mode is supported 6191 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6192 * data can be requested during the measurement 6193 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6194 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6195 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6196 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6197 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6198 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6199 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6200 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6201 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6202 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6203 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6204 * is valid) 6205 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6206 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6207 * 6208 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6209 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6210 */ 6211 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6212 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6213 6214 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6215 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6216 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6217 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6218 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6219 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6220 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6221 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6222 6223 /* keep last */ 6224 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6225 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6226 }; 6227 6228 /** 6229 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6230 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6231 * 6232 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6233 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6234 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6236 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6237 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6238 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6239 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6240 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6241 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6242 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6244 * requested per burst 6245 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6246 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6247 * (u8, default 3) 6248 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6249 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6250 * (flag) 6251 * 6252 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6253 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6254 */ 6255 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6256 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6257 6258 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6259 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6260 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6261 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6262 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6263 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6264 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6265 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6266 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6267 6268 /* keep last */ 6269 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6270 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6271 }; 6272 6273 /** 6274 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6275 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6276 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6277 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6278 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6279 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6280 * try and get no response) 6281 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6282 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6283 * received 6284 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6285 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6286 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6287 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6288 */ 6289 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6290 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6291 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6292 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6293 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6294 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6295 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6296 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6297 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6298 }; 6299 6300 /** 6301 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6302 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6303 * 6304 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6305 * (u32, optional) 6306 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6307 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6308 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6309 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6310 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6311 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6312 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6313 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6314 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6315 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6316 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6317 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6318 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6319 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6320 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6321 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6322 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6323 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6324 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6326 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6327 * attributes) 6328 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6329 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6330 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6331 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6332 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6333 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6335 * optional) 6336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6337 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6339 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6341 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6342 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6343 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6344 * Type 8. 6345 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6346 * (binary, optional); 6347 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6348 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6349 * Type 11. 6350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6351 * 6352 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6353 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6354 */ 6355 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6356 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6357 6358 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6359 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6360 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6362 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6363 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6368 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6369 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6371 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6373 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6375 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6377 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6379 6380 /* keep last */ 6381 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6382 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6383 }; 6384 6385 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6386
